2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**************************************************************************
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** This file is part of Qt Creator
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-26 18:33:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Copyright (c) 2012 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-02 15:59:12 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-13 08:42:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the packaging of this file.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Please review the following information to ensure the GNU Lesser General
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Public License version 2.1 requirements will be met:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-17 16:01:08 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-13 08:42:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-17 16:01:08 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-13 08:42:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Other Usage
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Alternatively, this file may be used in accordance with the terms and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** conditions contained in a signed written agreement between you and Nokia.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-17 16:01:08 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-02 15:59:12 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**************************************************************************/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 15:08:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cppmodelmanager.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cppcompletionassist.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cppdoxygen.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cppmodelmanager.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cpptoolsconstants.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Control.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <AST.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <ASTVisitor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <CoreTypes.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Literals.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Names.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <NameVisitor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Symbols.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <SymbolVisitor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Scope.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <TranslationUnit.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-08-04 10:54:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <CppRewriter.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/ResolveExpression.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-22 16:52:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/MatchingText.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/Overview.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/ExpressionUnderCursor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/BackwardsScanner.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/LookupContext.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <coreplugin/idocument.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <coreplugin/icore.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <coreplugin/mimedatabase.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cppeditor/cppeditorconstants.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/codeassist/basicproposalitem.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/codeassist/basicproposalitemlistmodel.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/codeassist/genericproposal.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/codeassist/ifunctionhintproposalmodel.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/codeassist/functionhintproposal.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/convenience.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-10-27 17:38:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/snippets/snippet.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/texteditorsettings.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/completionsettings.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-23 17:44:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <utils/qtcassert.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-15 10:42:41 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QLatin1String>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QTextCursor>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QTextDocument>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QIcon>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 14:52:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								using namespace CPlusPlus;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								using namespace CppEditor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								using namespace CppTools;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-26 15:18:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								using namespace CppTools::Internal;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								using namespace TextEditor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								namespace CppTools {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								namespace Internal {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 15:32:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								struct CompleteFunctionDeclaration
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    explicit CompleteFunctionDeclaration(Function *f = 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        : function(f)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Function *function;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// ----------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// CppAssistProposalModel
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// ----------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								class CppAssistProposalModel : public TextEditor::BasicProposalItemListModel
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								public:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    CppAssistProposalModel()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        : TextEditor::BasicProposalItemListModel()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        , m_completionOperator(T_EOF_SYMBOL)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        , m_replaceDotForArrow(false)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-19 18:02:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        , m_typeOfExpression(new TypeOfExpression)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-10 12:58:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual bool isSortable(const QString &prefix) const;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual IAssistProposalItem *proposalItem(int index) const;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    unsigned m_completionOperator;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool m_replaceDotForArrow;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-26 12:10:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSharedPointer<TypeOfExpression> m_typeOfExpression;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-02-21 14:02:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// ---------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// CppAssistProposalItem
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// ---------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								class CppAssistProposalItem : public TextEditor::BasicProposalItem
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-02-21 14:02:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								public:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-19 18:02:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    CppAssistProposalItem() :
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-26 12:10:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_isOverloaded(false) {}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-02 10:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual bool prematurelyApplies(const QChar &c) const;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void applyContextualContent(TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *editor,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                        int basePosition) const;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-26 11:44:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool isOverloaded() const { return m_isOverloaded; }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void markAsOverloaded() { m_isOverloaded = true; }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void keepCompletionOperator(unsigned compOp) { m_completionOperator = compOp; }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-26 12:10:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void keepTypeOfExpression(const QSharedPointer<TypeOfExpression> &typeOfExp)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { m_typeOfExpression = typeOfExp; }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-26 11:44:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								private:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool m_isOverloaded;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    unsigned m_completionOperator;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    mutable QChar m_typedChar;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-26 12:10:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSharedPointer<TypeOfExpression> m_typeOfExpression;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 12:37:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								} // Internal
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								} // CppTools
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 12:37:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(CppTools::Internal::CompleteFunctionDeclaration)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 15:22:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-10 12:58:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppAssistProposalModel::isSortable(const QString &prefix) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator != T_EOF_SYMBOL)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return !prefix.isEmpty();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								IAssistProposalItem *CppAssistProposalModel::proposalItem(int index) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BasicProposalItem *item =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        static_cast<BasicProposalItem *>(BasicProposalItemListModel::proposalItem(index));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!item->data().canConvert<QString>()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        CppAssistProposalItem *cppItem = static_cast<CppAssistProposalItem *>(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cppItem->keepCompletionOperator(m_completionOperator);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-26 12:10:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        cppItem->keepTypeOfExpression(m_typeOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-19 14:09:43 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppAssistProposalItem::prematurelyApplies(const QChar &typedChar) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL || m_completionOperator == T_SLOT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (typedChar == QLatin1Char('(') || typedChar == QLatin1Char(',')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_typedChar = typedChar;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (m_completionOperator == T_STRING_LITERAL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								               || m_completionOperator == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (typedChar == QLatin1Char('/') && text().endsWith(QLatin1Char('/'))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_typedChar = typedChar;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (data().value<Symbol *>()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (typedChar == QLatin1Char(':')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || typedChar == QLatin1Char(';')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || typedChar == QLatin1Char('.')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || typedChar == QLatin1Char(',')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || typedChar == QLatin1Char('(')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_typedChar = typedChar;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (data().canConvert<CompleteFunctionDeclaration>()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (typedChar == QLatin1Char('(')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_typedChar = typedChar;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-05 10:46:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static bool isDereferenced(TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *editor, int basePosition)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor cursor = editor->editorWidget()->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    cursor.setPosition(basePosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BackwardsScanner scanner(cursor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int pos = scanner.startToken()-1; pos >= 0; pos--) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        switch (scanner[pos].kind()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case T_COLON_COLON:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case T_IDENTIFIER:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            //Ignore scope specifiers
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        case T_AMPER: return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        default:      return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppAssistProposalItem::applyContextualContent(TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *editor,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                    int basePosition) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Symbol *symbol = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (data().isValid())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        symbol = data().value<Symbol *>();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString toInsert;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString extraChars;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int extraLength = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int cursorOffset = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool autoParenthesesEnabled = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL || m_completionOperator == T_SLOT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        toInsert = text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        extraChars += QLatin1Char(')');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_typedChar == QLatin1Char('(')) // Eat the opening parenthesis
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_typedChar = QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (m_completionOperator == T_STRING_LITERAL || m_completionOperator == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        toInsert = text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!toInsert.endsWith(QLatin1Char('/'))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            extraChars += QLatin1Char((m_completionOperator == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL) ? '>' : '"');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (m_typedChar == QLatin1Char('/')) // Eat the slash
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_typedChar = QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        toInsert = text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const CompletionSettings &completionSettings =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                TextEditorSettings::instance()->completionSettings();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const bool autoInsertBrackets = completionSettings.m_autoInsertBrackets;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (autoInsertBrackets && symbol && symbol->type()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (Function *function = symbol->type()->asFunctionType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // If the member is a function, automatically place the opening parenthesis,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // except when it might take template parameters.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (! function->hasReturnType() && (function->unqualifiedName() && !function->unqualifiedName()->isDestructorNameId())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // Don't insert any magic, since the user might have just wanted to select the class
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    /// ### port me
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#if 0
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else if (function->templateParameterCount() != 0 && typedChar != QLatin1Char('(')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // If there are no arguments, then we need the template specification
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (function->argumentCount() == 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        extraChars += QLatin1Char('<');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-05 10:46:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else if (!isDereferenced(editor, basePosition) && ! function->isAmbiguous()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // When the user typed the opening parenthesis, he'll likely also type the closing one,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // in which case it would be annoying if we put the cursor after the already automatically
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // inserted closing parenthesis.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const bool skipClosingParenthesis = m_typedChar != QLatin1Char('(');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (completionSettings.m_spaceAfterFunctionName)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        extraChars += QLatin1Char(' ');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    extraChars += QLatin1Char('(');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (m_typedChar == QLatin1Char('('))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        m_typedChar = QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // If the function doesn't return anything, automatically place the semicolon,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // unless we're doing a scope completion (then it might be function definition).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const QChar characterAtCursor = editor->characterAt(editor->position());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    bool endWithSemicolon = m_typedChar == QLatin1Char(';')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            || (function->returnType()->isVoidType() && m_completionOperator != T_COLON_COLON);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const QChar semicolon = m_typedChar.isNull() ? QLatin1Char(';') : m_typedChar;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (endWithSemicolon && characterAtCursor == semicolon) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        endWithSemicolon = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        m_typedChar = QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // If the function takes no arguments, automatically place the closing parenthesis
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (!isOverloaded() && ! function->hasArguments() && skipClosingParenthesis) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        extraChars += QLatin1Char(')');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (endWithSemicolon) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            extraChars += semicolon;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            m_typedChar = QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    } else if (autoParenthesesEnabled) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        const QChar lookAhead = editor->characterAt(editor->position() + 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (MatchingText::shouldInsertMatchingText(lookAhead)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            extraChars += QLatin1Char(')');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            --cursorOffset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            if (endWithSemicolon) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                extraChars += semicolon;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                --cursorOffset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                m_typedChar = QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        // TODO: When an opening parenthesis exists, the "semicolon" should really be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        // inserted after the matching closing parenthesis.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (autoInsertBrackets && data().canConvert<CompleteFunctionDeclaration>()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (m_typedChar == QLatin1Char('('))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_typedChar = QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // everything from the closing parenthesis on are extra chars, to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // make sure an auto-inserted ")" gets replaced by ") const" if necessary
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int closingParen = toInsert.lastIndexOf(QLatin1Char(')'));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            extraChars = toInsert.mid(closingParen);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            toInsert.truncate(closingParen);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Append an unhandled typed character, adjusting cursor offset when it had been adjusted before
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!m_typedChar.isNull()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        extraChars += m_typedChar;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (cursorOffset != 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            --cursorOffset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-12 11:25:37 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Determine the length of characters that should just be kept on the editor, but do
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // not consider content that ends as an identifier (which could be undesired).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int lineEnd = editor->position(TextEditor::ITextEditor::EndOfLine);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QString inEditor = editor->textAt(editor->position(), lineEnd - editor->position());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-11 09:29:48 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int existLength = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-12 11:25:37 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!inEditor.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-11 09:29:48 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        existLength = toInsert.length() - (editor->position() - basePosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-12 11:25:37 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int inEditorLength = inEditor.length();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (inEditorLength < existLength
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								               || (!inEditor.startsWith(toInsert.right(existLength))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								               || (inEditorLength > existLength
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                   && (inEditor.at(existLength).isLetterOrNumber()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                       || inEditor.at(existLength) == QLatin1Char('_'))))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-11 09:29:48 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (--existLength == 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-12 11:25:37 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = 0; i < extraChars.length(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QChar a = extraChars.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-11 09:29:48 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QChar b = editor->characterAt(editor->position() + i + existLength);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (a == b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++extraLength;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    toInsert += extraChars;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Insert the remainder of the name
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-11 09:29:48 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int length = editor->position() - basePosition + existLength + extraLength;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    editor->setCursorPosition(basePosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    editor->replace(length, toInsert);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (cursorOffset)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        editor->setCursorPosition(editor->position() + cursorOffset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// --------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// CppFunctionHintModel
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// --------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								class CppFunctionHintModel : public TextEditor::IFunctionHintProposalModel
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								public:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-26 12:10:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    CppFunctionHintModel(QList<Function *> functionSymbols,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                         const QSharedPointer<TypeOfExpression> &typeOfExp)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        : m_functionSymbols(functionSymbols)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        , m_currentArg(-1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-19 18:02:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        , m_typeOfExpression(typeOfExp)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void reset() {}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual int size() const { return m_functionSymbols.size(); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual QString text(int index) const;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual int activeArgument(const QString &prefix) const;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								private:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Function *> m_functionSymbols;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    mutable int m_currentArg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-26 12:10:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSharedPointer<TypeOfExpression> m_typeOfExpression;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QString CppFunctionHintModel::text(int index) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Overview overview;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    overview.setShowReturnTypes(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    overview.setShowArgumentNames(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    overview.setMarkedArgument(m_currentArg + 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Function *f = m_functionSymbols.at(index);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QString prettyMethod = overview(f->type(), f->name());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int begin = overview.markedArgumentBegin();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int end = overview.markedArgumentEnd();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString hintText;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += Qt::escape(prettyMethod.left(begin));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += "<b>";
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += Qt::escape(prettyMethod.mid(begin, end - begin));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += "</b>";
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += Qt::escape(prettyMethod.mid(end));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return hintText;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int CppFunctionHintModel::activeArgument(const QString &prefix) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int argnr = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int parcount = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    SimpleLexer tokenize;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Token> tokens = tokenize(prefix);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = 0; i < tokens.count(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const Token &tk = tokens.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (tk.is(T_LPAREN))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++parcount;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (tk.is(T_RPAREN))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            --parcount;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (! parcount && tk.is(T_COMMA))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++argnr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (parcount < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (argnr != m_currentArg)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_currentArg = argnr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return argnr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// ---------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-21 10:00:32 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// InternalCompletionAssistProvider
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// ---------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-21 10:00:32 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								IAssistProcessor *InternalCompletionAssistProvider::createProcessor() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-21 10:00:32 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return new CppCompletionAssistProcessor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-21 10:00:32 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								namespace {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								class CppCompletionSupportInternal: public CppCompletionSupport
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-21 10:00:32 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								public:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    CppCompletionSupportInternal(TextEditor::ITextEditor *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        : CppCompletionSupport(editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual ~CppCompletionSupportInternal()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual TextEditor::IAssistInterface *createAssistInterface(ProjectExplorer::Project *project,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                                QTextDocument *document,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                                int position,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                                TextEditor::AssistReason reason) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        CppModelManagerInterface *modelManager = CppModelManagerInterface::instance();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QStringList includePaths;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QStringList frameworkPaths;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (project) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            includePaths = modelManager->projectInfo(project).includePaths();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            frameworkPaths = modelManager->projectInfo(project).frameworkPaths();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return new CppTools::Internal::CppCompletionAssistInterface(
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    document,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    position,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    editor()->document(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    reason,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    modelManager->snapshot(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    includePaths,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    frameworkPaths);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-21 10:00:32 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								CppCompletionSupport *InternalCompletionAssistProvider::completionSupport(ITextEditor *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-21 10:00:32 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return new CppCompletionSupportInternal(editor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// -----------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// CppAssistProposal
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// -----------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								class CppAssistProposal : public TextEditor::GenericProposal
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								public:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    CppAssistProposal(int cursorPos, TextEditor::IGenericProposalModel *model)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        : TextEditor::GenericProposal(cursorPos, model)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        , m_replaceDotForArrow(static_cast<CppAssistProposalModel *>(model)->m_replaceDotForArrow)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual bool isCorrective() const { return m_replaceDotForArrow; }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void makeCorrection(BaseTextEditor *editor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								private:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool m_replaceDotForArrow;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppAssistProposal::makeCorrection(BaseTextEditor *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    editor->setCursorPosition(basePosition() - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    editor->replace(1, QLatin1String("->"));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    moveBasePosition(1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								namespace {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								class ConvertToCompletionItem: protected NameVisitor
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // The completion item.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BasicProposalItem *_item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // The current symbol.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Symbol *_symbol;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // The pretty printer.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Overview overview;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								public:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ConvertToCompletionItem()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        : _item(0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        , _symbol(0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BasicProposalItem *operator()(Symbol *symbol)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! symbol || ! symbol->name() || symbol->name()->isQualifiedNameId())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        BasicProposalItem *previousItem = switchCompletionItem(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Symbol *previousSymbol = switchSymbol(symbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        accept(symbol->unqualifiedName());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (_item)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            _item->setData(QVariant::fromValue(symbol));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        (void) switchSymbol(previousSymbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return switchCompletionItem(previousItem);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								protected:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Symbol *switchSymbol(Symbol *symbol)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Symbol *previousSymbol = _symbol;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _symbol = symbol;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return previousSymbol;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BasicProposalItem *switchCompletionItem(BasicProposalItem *item)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        BasicProposalItem *previousItem = _item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _item = item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return previousItem;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BasicProposalItem *newCompletionItem(const Name *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        BasicProposalItem *item = new CppAssistProposalItem;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item->setText(overview.prettyName(name));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(const Identifier *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(const TemplateNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _item = newCompletionItem(name);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _item->setText(QLatin1String(name->identifier()->chars()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(const DestructorNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(const OperatorNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(const ConversionNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(const QualifiedNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name->name()); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Class *asClassOrTemplateClassType(FullySpecifiedType ty)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (Class *classTy = ty->asClassType())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return classTy;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (Template *templ = ty->asTemplateType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (Symbol *decl = templ->declaration())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return decl->asClass();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Scope *enclosingNonTemplateScope(Symbol *symbol)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (symbol) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (Scope *scope = symbol->enclosingScope()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (Template *templ = scope->asTemplate())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return templ->enclosingScope();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return scope;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Function *asFunctionOrTemplateFunctionType(FullySpecifiedType ty)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (Function *funTy = ty->asFunctionType())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return funTy;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (Template *templ = ty->asTemplateType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (Symbol *decl = templ->declaration())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return decl->asFunction();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								} // Anonymous
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// ----------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// CppCompletionAssistProcessor
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								// ----------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								CppCompletionAssistProcessor::CppCompletionAssistProcessor()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    : m_startPosition(-1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    , m_objcEnabled(true)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    , m_snippetCollector(CppEditor::Constants::CPP_SNIPPETS_GROUP_ID,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                         QIcon(QLatin1String(":/texteditor/images/snippet.png")))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    , preprocessorCompletions(QStringList()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("define")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("error")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("include")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("line")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("pragma")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("undef")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("if")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("ifdef")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("ifndef")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("elif")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("else")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("endif"))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    , m_model(new CppAssistProposalModel)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    , m_hintProposal(0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								CppCompletionAssistProcessor::~CppCompletionAssistProcessor()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								IAssistProposal * CppCompletionAssistProcessor::perform(const IAssistInterface *interface)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_interface.reset(static_cast<const CppCompletionAssistInterface *>(interface));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (interface->reason() != ExplicitlyInvoked && !accepts())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int index = startCompletionHelper();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (index != -1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_hintProposal)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_hintProposal;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return createContentProposal();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCompletionAssistProcessor::accepts() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int pos = m_interface->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    unsigned token = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int start = startOfOperator(pos, &token, /*want function call=*/ true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (start != pos) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (token == T_POUND) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const int column = pos - m_interface->textDocument()->findBlock(start).position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (column != 1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Trigger completion after three characters of a name have been typed, when not editing an existing name
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QChar characterUnderCursor = m_interface->characterAt(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-26 11:29:25 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!characterUnderCursor.isLetterOrNumber() && characterUnderCursor != QLatin1Char('_')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-15 18:22:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const int startOfName = findStartOfName(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-19 14:06:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (pos - startOfName >= 3) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                const QChar firstCharacter = m_interface->characterAt(startOfName);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-15 18:22:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (firstCharacter.isLetter() || firstCharacter == QLatin1Char('_')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // Finally check that we're not inside a comment or string (code copied from startOfOperator)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QTextCursor tc(m_interface->textDocument());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-15 18:22:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    tc.setPosition(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    SimpleLexer tokenize;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    tokenize.setQtMocRunEnabled(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    tokenize.setObjCEnabled(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    tokenize.setSkipComments(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const QList<Token> &tokens = tokenize(tc.block().text(), BackwardsScanner::previousBlockState(tc.block()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const int tokenIdx = SimpleLexer::tokenBefore(tokens, qMax(0, tc.positionInBlock() - 1));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const Token tk = (tokenIdx == -1) ? Token() : tokens.at(tokenIdx);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-18 14:08:19 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (!tk.isComment() && !tk.isLiteral()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-15 18:22:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-18 14:08:19 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    } else if (tk.isLiteral()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                               && tokens.size() == 3
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                               && tokens.at(0).kind() == T_POUND
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                               && tokens.at(1).kind() == T_IDENTIFIER) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        const QString &line = tc.block().text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        const Token &idToken = tokens.at(1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        const QStringRef &identifier =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                line.midRef(idToken.begin(), idToken.end() - idToken.begin());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (identifier == QLatin1String("include")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                || identifier == QLatin1String("include_next")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                || (m_objcEnabled && identifier == QLatin1String("import"))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-15 18:22:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 12:37:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								IAssistProposal *CppCompletionAssistProcessor::createContentProposal()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Duplicates are kept only if they are snippets.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<QString> processed;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<BasicProposalItem *>::iterator it = m_completions.begin();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (it != m_completions.end()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        CppAssistProposalItem *item = static_cast<CppAssistProposalItem *>(*it);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!processed.contains(item->text()) || item->data().canConvert<QString>()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++it;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!item->data().canConvert<QString>()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                processed.insert(item->text());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (!item->isOverloaded()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (Symbol *symbol = qvariant_cast<Symbol *>(item->data())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (Function *funTy = symbol->type()->asFunctionType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            if (funTy->hasArguments())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                item->markAsOverloaded();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-14 11:50:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-14 11:50:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-09-07 14:02:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            delete *it;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            it = m_completions.erase(it);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-14 11:50:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-27 19:00:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-03 16:13:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_model->loadContent(m_completions);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return new CppAssistProposal(m_startPosition, m_model.take());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-03 16:13:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								IAssistProposal *CppCompletionAssistProcessor::createHintProposal(
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<CPlusPlus::Function *> functionSymbols) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-19 18:02:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    IFunctionHintProposalModel *model =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            new CppFunctionHintModel(functionSymbols, m_model->m_typeOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    IAssistProposal *proposal = new FunctionHintProposal(m_startPosition, model);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return proposal;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 14:25:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int CppCompletionAssistProcessor::startOfOperator(int pos,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                  unsigned *kind,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                  bool wantFunctionCall) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QChar ch  = pos > -1 ? m_interface->characterAt(pos - 1) : QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QChar ch2 = pos >  0 ? m_interface->characterAt(pos - 2) : QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QChar ch3 = pos >  1 ? m_interface->characterAt(pos - 3) : QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-21 10:00:32 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int start = pos - CppCompletionAssistProvider::activationSequenceChar(ch, ch2, ch3, kind, wantFunctionCall);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (start != pos) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor tc(m_interface->textDocument());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        tc.setPosition(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Include completion: make sure the quote character is the first one on the line
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (*kind == T_STRING_LITERAL) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextCursor s = tc;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            s.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfLine, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QString sel = s.selectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (sel.indexOf(QLatin1Char('"')) < sel.length() - 1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                *kind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (*kind == T_COMMA) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ExpressionUnderCursor expressionUnderCursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (expressionUnderCursor.startOfFunctionCall(tc) == -1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                *kind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        SimpleLexer tokenize;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        tokenize.setQtMocRunEnabled(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        tokenize.setObjCEnabled(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        tokenize.setSkipComments(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QList<Token> &tokens = tokenize(tc.block().text(), BackwardsScanner::previousBlockState(tc.block()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int tokenIdx = SimpleLexer::tokenBefore(tokens, qMax(0, tc.positionInBlock() - 1)); // get the token at the left of the cursor
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const Token tk = (tokenIdx == -1) ? Token() : tokens.at(tokenIdx);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (*kind == T_DOXY_COMMENT && !(tk.is(T_DOXY_COMMENT) || tk.is(T_CPP_DOXY_COMMENT))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            *kind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Don't complete in comments or strings, but still check for include completion
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (tk.is(T_COMMENT) || tk.is(T_CPP_COMMENT) ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                 (tk.isLiteral() && (*kind != T_STRING_LITERAL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                     && *kind != T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                     && *kind != T_SLASH))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            *kind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Include completion: can be triggered by slash, but only in a string
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (*kind == T_SLASH && (tk.isNot(T_STRING_LITERAL) && tk.isNot(T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            *kind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (*kind == T_LPAREN) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (tokenIdx > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                const Token &previousToken = tokens.at(tokenIdx - 1); // look at the token at the left of T_LPAREN
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                switch (previousToken.kind()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                case T_IDENTIFIER:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                case T_GREATER:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                case T_SIGNAL:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                case T_SLOT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    break; // good
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // that's a bad token :)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    *kind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Check for include preprocessor directive
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (*kind == T_STRING_LITERAL || *kind == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL || *kind == T_SLASH) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            bool include = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (tokens.size() >= 3) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (tokens.at(0).is(T_POUND) && tokens.at(1).is(T_IDENTIFIER) && (tokens.at(2).is(T_STRING_LITERAL) ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                                                  tokens.at(2).is(T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const Token &directiveToken = tokens.at(1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QString directive = tc.block().text().mid(directiveToken.begin(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                              directiveToken.length());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (directive == QLatin1String("include") ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            directive == QLatin1String("include_next") ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            directive == QLatin1String("import")) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        include = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!include) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                *kind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int CppCompletionAssistProcessor::findStartOfName(int pos) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (pos == -1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        pos = m_interface->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QChar chr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Skip to the start of a name
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    do {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        chr = m_interface->characterAt(--pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } while (chr.isLetterOrNumber() || chr == QLatin1Char('_'));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return pos + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int CppCompletionAssistProcessor::startCompletionHelper()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_objcEnabled) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (tryObjCCompletion())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int startOfName = findStartOfName();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_startPosition = startOfName;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_model->m_completionOperator = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int endOfOperator = m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Skip whitespace preceding this position
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (m_interface->characterAt(endOfOperator - 1).isSpace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        --endOfOperator;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int endOfExpression = startOfOperator(endOfOperator,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                          &m_model->m_completionOperator,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                          /*want function call =*/ true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const Core::IDocument *document = m_interface->document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString fileName = document->fileName();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_model->m_completionOperator == T_DOXY_COMMENT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        for (int i = 1; i < T_DOXY_LAST_TAG; ++i)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            addCompletionItem(QString::fromLatin1(doxygenTagSpell(i)), m_icons.keywordIcon());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Pre-processor completion
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_model->m_completionOperator == T_POUND) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completePreprocessor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_startPosition = startOfName;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Include completion
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_model->m_completionOperator == T_STRING_LITERAL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        || m_model->m_completionOperator == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        || m_model->m_completionOperator == T_SLASH) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor c(m_interface->textDocument());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        c.setPosition(endOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (completeInclude(c))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_startPosition = startOfName;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ExpressionUnderCursor expressionUnderCursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc(m_interface->textDocument());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_model->m_completionOperator == T_COMMA) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        tc.setPosition(endOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int start = expressionUnderCursor.startOfFunctionCall(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (start == -1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_model->m_completionOperator = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        endOfExpression = start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_startPosition = start + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_model->m_completionOperator = T_LPAREN;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString expression;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int startOfExpression = m_interface->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.setPosition(endOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_model->m_completionOperator) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        expression = expressionUnderCursor(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        startOfExpression = endOfExpression - expression.length();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_model->m_completionOperator == T_LPAREN) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (expression.endsWith(QLatin1String("SIGNAL")))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_model->m_completionOperator = T_SIGNAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else if (expression.endsWith(QLatin1String("SLOT")))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_model->m_completionOperator = T_SLOT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else if (m_interface->position() != endOfOperator) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // We don't want a function completion when the cursor isn't at the opening brace
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                expression.clear();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_model->m_completionOperator = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_startPosition = startOfName;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                startOfExpression = m_interface->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (expression.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (startOfExpression > 0 && m_interface->characterAt(startOfExpression).isSpace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            --startOfExpression;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int line = 0, column = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Convenience::convertPosition(m_interface->textDocument(), startOfExpression, &line, &column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return startCompletionInternal(fileName, line, column, expression, endOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCompletionAssistProcessor::tryObjCCompletion()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int end = m_interface->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (m_interface->characterAt(end).isSpace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ++end;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_interface->characterAt(end) != QLatin1Char(']'))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc(m_interface->textDocument());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.setPosition(end);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BackwardsScanner tokens(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (tokens[tokens.startToken() - 1].isNot(T_RBRACKET))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int start = tokens.startOfMatchingBrace(tokens.startToken());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (start == tokens.startToken())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int startPos = tokens[start].begin() + tokens.startPosition();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QString expr = m_interface->textAt(startPos, m_interface->position() - startPos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Document::Ptr thisDocument = m_interface->snapshot().document(m_interface->document()->fileName());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! thisDocument)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-19 18:02:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_model->m_typeOfExpression->init(thisDocument, m_interface->snapshot());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int line = 0, column = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Convenience::convertPosition(m_interface->textDocument(), m_interface->position(), &line, &column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Scope *scope = thisDocument->scopeAt(line, column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!scope)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-12 17:35:37 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QList<LookupItem> items = (*m_model->m_typeOfExpression)(expr.toUtf8(), scope);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-19 18:02:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    LookupContext lookupContext(thisDocument, m_interface->snapshot());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const LookupItem &item, items) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        FullySpecifiedType ty = item.type().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ty->isPointerType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ty = ty->asPointerType()->elementType().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (NamedType *namedTy = ty->asNamedType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ClassOrNamespace *binding = lookupContext.lookupType(namedTy->name(), item.scope());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completeObjCMsgSend(binding, false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ObjCClass *clazz = ty->asObjCClassType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ClassOrNamespace *binding = lookupContext.lookupType(clazz->name(), item.scope());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completeObjCMsgSend(binding, true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completions.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_startPosition = m_interface->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCompletionAssistProcessor::addCompletionItem(const QString &text,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                     const QIcon &icon,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                     int order,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                     const QVariant &data)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 14:25:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BasicProposalItem *item = new CppAssistProposalItem;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    item->setText(text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    item->setIcon(icon);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    item->setOrder(order);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    item->setData(data);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCompletionAssistProcessor::addCompletionItem(CPlusPlus::Symbol *symbol)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ConvertToCompletionItem toCompletionItem;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BasicProposalItem *item = toCompletionItem(symbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (item) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item->setIcon(m_icons.iconForSymbol(symbol));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCompletionAssistProcessor::completeObjCMsgSend(CPlusPlus::ClassOrNamespace *binding,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                       bool staticClassAccess)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Scope*> memberScopes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (Symbol *s, binding->symbols()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ObjCClass *c = s->asObjCClass())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            memberScopes.append(c);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (Scope *scope, memberScopes) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        for (unsigned i = 0; i < scope->memberCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Symbol *symbol = scope->memberAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ObjCMethod *method = symbol->type()->asObjCMethodType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (method->isStatic() == staticClassAccess) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    Overview oo;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const SelectorNameId *selectorName =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            method->name()->asSelectorNameId();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QString text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QString data;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (selectorName->hasArguments()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        for (unsigned i = 0; i < selectorName->nameCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            if (i > 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                text += QLatin1Char(' ');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            Symbol *arg = method->argumentAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += selectorName->nameAt(i)->identifier()->chars();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += QLatin1Char(':');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += TextEditor::Snippet::kVariableDelimiter;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += QLatin1Char('(');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += oo(arg->type());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += QLatin1Char(')');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += oo(arg->name());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += TextEditor::Snippet::kVariableDelimiter;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        text = selectorName->identifier()->chars();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    data = text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (!text.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        addCompletionItem(text, QIcon(), 0, QVariant::fromValue(data));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCompletionAssistProcessor::completeInclude(const QTextCursor &cursor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString directoryPrefix;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_model->m_completionOperator == T_SLASH) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor c = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        c.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfLine, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString sel = c.selectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int startCharPos = sel.indexOf(QLatin1Char('"'));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (startCharPos == -1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            startCharPos = sel.indexOf(QLatin1Char('<'));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_model->m_completionOperator = T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_model->m_completionOperator = T_STRING_LITERAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (startCharPos != -1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            directoryPrefix = sel.mid(startCharPos + 1, sel.length() - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 17:57:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Make completion for all relevant includes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QStringList includePaths = m_interface->includePaths();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QString ¤tFilePath = QFileInfo(m_interface->document()->fileName()).path();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!includePaths.contains(currentFilePath))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        includePaths.append(currentFilePath);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-18 12:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const Core::MimeType mimeType =
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-24 15:36:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Core::ICore::mimeDatabase()->findByType(QLatin1String("text/x-c++hdr"));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-18 12:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QStringList suffixes = mimeType.suffixes();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const QString &includePath, includePaths) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString realPath = includePath;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!directoryPrefix.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            realPath += QLatin1Char('/');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            realPath += directoryPrefix;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-18 12:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completeInclude(realPath, suffixes);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const QString &frameworkPath, m_interface->frameworkPaths()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString realPath = frameworkPath;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!directoryPrefix.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            realPath += QLatin1Char('/');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            realPath += directoryPrefix;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            realPath += QLatin1String(".framework/Headers");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-18 12:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completeInclude(realPath, suffixes);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return !m_completions.isEmpty();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-18 12:28:53 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCompletionAssistProcessor::completeInclude(const QString &realPath,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                   const QStringList &suffixes)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QDirIterator i(realPath, QDir::Files | QDir::Dirs | QDir::NoDotAndDotDot);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (i.hasNext()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QString fileName = i.next();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QFileInfo fileInfo = i.fileInfo();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QString suffix = fileInfo.suffix();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (suffix.isEmpty() || suffixes.contains(suffix)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QString text = fileName.mid(realPath.length() + 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (fileInfo.isDir())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                text += QLatin1Char('/');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            addCompletionItem(text, m_icons.keywordIcon());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCompletionAssistProcessor::completePreprocessor()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const QString &preprocessorCompletion, preprocessorCompletions)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        addCompletionItem(preprocessorCompletion);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (objcKeywordsWanted())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        addCompletionItem(QLatin1String("import"));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCompletionAssistProcessor::objcKeywordsWanted() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!m_objcEnabled)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const Core::IDocument *document = m_interface->document();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString fileName = document->fileName();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-24 15:36:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const Core::MimeDatabase *mdb = Core::ICore::mimeDatabase();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return mdb->findByFile(fileName).type() == CppTools::Constants::OBJECTIVE_CPP_SOURCE_MIMETYPE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int CppCompletionAssistProcessor::startCompletionInternal(const QString fileName,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                          unsigned line, unsigned column,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                          const QString &expr,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                          int endOfExpression)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString expression = expr.trimmed();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 10:07:58 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-19 18:02:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Document::Ptr thisDocument = m_interface->snapshot().document(fileName);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! thisDocument)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-19 18:02:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_model->m_typeOfExpression->init(thisDocument, m_interface->snapshot());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 12:35:20 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Scope *scope = thisDocument->scopeAt(line, column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-23 17:44:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTC_ASSERT(scope != 0, return -1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (expression.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_model->m_completionOperator == T_EOF_SYMBOL || m_model->m_completionOperator == T_COLON_COLON) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-12 17:35:37 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            (void) (*m_model->m_typeOfExpression)(expression.toUtf8(), scope);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 12:35:20 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            globalCompletion(scope);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (m_completions.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (m_model->m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL || m_model->m_completionOperator == T_SLOT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // Apply signal/slot completion on 'this'
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            expression = QLatin1String("this");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-12 17:35:37 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QByteArray utf8Exp = expression.toUtf8();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-19 18:02:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<LookupItem> results =
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-12 17:35:37 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            (*m_model->m_typeOfExpression)(utf8Exp, scope, TypeOfExpression::Preprocess);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 14:52:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (results.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_model->m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL || m_model->m_completionOperator == T_SLOT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (! (expression.isEmpty() || expression == QLatin1String("this"))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                expression = QLatin1String("this");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-12 17:35:37 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                results = (*m_model->m_typeOfExpression)(utf8Exp, scope);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 12:12:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (results.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 12:12:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (m_model->m_completionOperator == T_LPAREN) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // Find the expression that precedes the current name
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int index = endOfExpression;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            while (m_interface->characterAt(index - 1).isSpace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                --index;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            index = findStartOfName(index);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextCursor tc(m_interface->textDocument());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            tc.setPosition(index);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-29 17:47:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ExpressionUnderCursor expressionUnderCursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const QString baseExpression = expressionUnderCursor(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // Resolve the type of this expression
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-17 14:21:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const QList<LookupItem> results =
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-12 17:35:37 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    (*m_model->m_typeOfExpression)(baseExpression.toUtf8(), scope,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                     TypeOfExpression::Preprocess);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // If it's a class, add completions for the constructors
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-17 14:21:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (const LookupItem &result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (result.type()->isClassType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (completeConstructorOrFunction(results, endOfExpression, true))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // nothing to do.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    switch (m_model->m_completionOperator) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case T_LPAREN:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (completeConstructorOrFunction(results, endOfExpression, false))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case T_DOT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case T_ARROW:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (completeMember(results))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case T_COLON_COLON:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (completeScope(results))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case T_SIGNAL:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (completeSignal(results))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case T_SLOT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (completeSlot(results))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-01-19 16:39:28 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } // end of switch
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-01-19 16:39:28 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // nothing to do.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCompletionAssistProcessor::globalCompletion(CPlusPlus::Scope *currentScope)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-19 18:02:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const LookupContext &context = m_model->m_typeOfExpression->context();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_model->m_completionOperator == T_COLON_COLON) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completeNamespace(context.globalNamespace());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<ClassOrNamespace *> usingBindings;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ClassOrNamespace *currentBinding = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 10:31:44 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (Scope *scope = currentScope; scope; scope = scope->enclosingScope()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (scope->isBlock()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ClassOrNamespace *binding = context.lookupType(scope)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                for (unsigned i = 0; i < scope->memberCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    Symbol *member = scope->memberAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (! member->name())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    else if (UsingNamespaceDirective *u = member->asUsingNamespaceDirective()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (ClassOrNamespace *b = binding->lookupType(u->name()))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            usingBindings.append(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (scope->isFunction() || scope->isClass() || scope->isNamespace()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            currentBinding = context.lookupType(scope);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-09 10:10:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (Scope *scope = currentScope; scope; scope = scope->enclosingScope()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (scope->isBlock()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (unsigned i = 0; i < scope->memberCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                addCompletionItem(scope->memberAt(i));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (scope->isFunction()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Function *fun = scope->asFunction();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (unsigned i = 0; i < fun->argumentCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                addCompletionItem(fun->argumentAt(i));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (; currentBinding; currentBinding = currentBinding->parent()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QList<Symbol *> symbols = currentBinding->symbols();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-12 11:41:52 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! symbols.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (symbols.first()->isNamespace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completeNamespace(currentBinding);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completeClass(currentBinding);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (ClassOrNamespace *b, usingBindings)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completeNamespace(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    addKeywords();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    addMacros(QLatin1String("<configuration>"), context.snapshot());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    addMacros(context.thisDocument()->fileName(), context.snapshot());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    addSnippets();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCompletionAssistProcessor::completeMember(const QList<CPlusPlus::LookupItem> &baseResults)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-19 18:02:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const LookupContext &context = m_model->m_typeOfExpression->context();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 11:08:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (baseResults.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-29 11:53:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 12:53:16 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ResolveExpression resolveExpression(context);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 11:08:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (ClassOrNamespace *binding =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            resolveExpression.baseExpression(baseResults,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                             m_model->m_completionOperator,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                             &m_model->m_replaceDotForArrow)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 14:52:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (binding)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            completeClass(binding, /*static lookup = */ false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 14:52:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return ! m_completions.isEmpty();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-04 18:21:35 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCompletionAssistProcessor::completeScope(const QList<CPlusPlus::LookupItem> &results)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-19 18:02:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const LookupContext &context = m_model->m_typeOfExpression->context();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (results.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-01 14:00:07 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const LookupItem &result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-17 14:21:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        FullySpecifiedType ty = result.type();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 12:53:16 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Scope *scope = result.scope();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-30 11:35:30 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (NamedType *namedTy = ty->asNamedType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 13:44:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ClassOrNamespace *b = context.lookupType(namedTy->name(), scope)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completeClass(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (Class *classTy = ty->asClassType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 13:44:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ClassOrNamespace *b = context.lookupType(classTy)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completeClass(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (Namespace *nsTy = ty->asNamespaceType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 13:44:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ClassOrNamespace *b = context.lookupType(nsTy)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completeNamespace(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-18 15:56:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-18 15:56:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return ! m_completions.isEmpty();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCompletionAssistProcessor::completeNamespace(CPlusPlus::ClassOrNamespace *b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<ClassOrNamespace *> bindingsVisited;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<ClassOrNamespace *> bindingsToVisit;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bindingsToVisit.append(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (! bindingsToVisit.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ClassOrNamespace *binding = bindingsToVisit.takeFirst();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! binding || bindingsVisited.contains(binding))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-08 12:43:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bindingsVisited.insert(binding);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bindingsToVisit += binding->usings();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QList<Scope *> scopesToVisit;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QSet<Scope *> scopesVisited;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (Symbol *bb, binding->symbols()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (Namespace *ns = bb->asNamespace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-11 12:26:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                scopesToVisit.append(ns);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (Enum *e, binding->enums()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-11 12:26:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            scopesToVisit.append(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (! scopesToVisit.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Scope *scope = scopesToVisit.takeFirst();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (! scope || scopesVisited.contains(scope))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            scopesVisited.insert(scope);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-11 12:26:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (Scope::iterator it = scope->firstMember(); it != scope->lastMember(); ++it) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Symbol *member = *it;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                addCompletionItem(member);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCompletionAssistProcessor::completeClass(CPlusPlus::ClassOrNamespace *b, bool staticLookup)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<ClassOrNamespace *> bindingsVisited;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<ClassOrNamespace *> bindingsToVisit;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bindingsToVisit.append(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (! bindingsToVisit.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ClassOrNamespace *binding = bindingsToVisit.takeFirst();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! binding || bindingsVisited.contains(binding))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-08 12:43:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bindingsVisited.insert(binding);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bindingsToVisit += binding->usings();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QList<Scope *> scopesToVisit;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QSet<Scope *> scopesVisited;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (Symbol *bb, binding->symbols()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (Class *k = bb->asClass())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-11 12:26:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                scopesToVisit.append(k);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (Enum *e, binding->enums())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-11 12:26:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            scopesToVisit.append(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (! scopesToVisit.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Scope *scope = scopesToVisit.takeFirst();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (! scope || scopesVisited.contains(scope))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            scopesVisited.insert(scope);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-11 12:26:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            addCompletionItem(scope); // add a completion item for the injected class name.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 13:59:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-11 12:26:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (Scope::iterator it = scope->firstMember(); it != scope->lastMember(); ++it) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Symbol *member = *it;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-01-07 09:22:54 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (member->isFriend()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        || member->isQtPropertyDeclaration()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        || member->isQtEnum()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-01-07 09:22:54 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else if (! staticLookup && (member->isTypedef() ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                            member->isEnum()    ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-01-07 09:22:54 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                            member->isClass())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-01-07 09:22:54 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                addCompletionItem(member);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCompletionAssistProcessor::completeQtMethod(const QList<CPlusPlus::LookupItem> &results, bool wantSignals)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (results.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-19 18:02:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const LookupContext &context = m_model->m_typeOfExpression->context();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ConvertToCompletionItem toCompletionItem;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Overview o;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    o.setShowReturnTypes(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    o.setShowArgumentNames(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    o.setShowFunctionSignatures(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<QString> signatures;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-17 14:21:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const LookupItem &p, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        FullySpecifiedType ty = p.type().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 11:24:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (PointerType *ptrTy = ty->asPointerType())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 11:38:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ty = ptrTy->elementType().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue; // not a pointer or a reference to a pointer.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        NamedType *namedTy = ty->asNamedType();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! namedTy) // not a class name.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ClassOrNamespace *b = context.lookupType(namedTy->name(), p.scope());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 12:06:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 15:44:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QList<ClassOrNamespace *>todo;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QSet<ClassOrNamespace *> processed;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QList<Scope *> scopes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        todo.append(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (!todo.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ClassOrNamespace *binding = todo.takeLast();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!processed.contains(binding)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                processed.insert(binding);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 15:44:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                foreach (Symbol *s, binding->symbols())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (Class *clazz = s->asClass())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-11 12:26:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        scopes.append(clazz);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 15:44:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                todo.append(binding->usings());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-06 10:36:11 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 15:44:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (Scope *scope, scopes) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-11 12:26:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (! scope->isClass())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-11 12:26:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (unsigned i = 0; i < scope->memberCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Symbol *member = scope->memberAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-09 17:44:06 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Function *fun = member->type()->asFunctionType();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (! fun)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (wantSignals && ! fun->isSignal())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                else if (! wantSignals && ! fun->isSlot())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-09-08 14:01:18 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                unsigned count = fun->argumentCount();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                while (true) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QString signature;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    signature += Overview().prettyName(fun->name());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    signature += QLatin1Char('(');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    for (unsigned i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        Symbol *arg = fun->argumentAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (i != 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            signature += QLatin1Char(',');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        signature += o.prettyType(arg->type());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    signature += QLatin1Char(')');
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-09-08 14:01:18 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const QByteArray normalized =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            QMetaObject::normalizedSignature(signature.toLatin1());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-09-08 14:01:18 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    signature = QString::fromLatin1(normalized, normalized.size());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-09-08 14:01:18 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (! signatures.contains(signature)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        BasicProposalItem *ci = toCompletionItem(fun);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (!ci)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-09-08 14:01:18 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        signatures.insert(signature);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        ci->setText(signature); // fix the completion item.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        m_completions.append(ci);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-09-08 14:01:18 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (count && fun->argumentAt(count - 1)->asArgument()->hasInitializer())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        --count;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return ! m_completions.isEmpty();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCompletionAssistProcessor::addSnippets()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_completions.append(m_snippetCollector.collect());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 12:35:20 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCompletionAssistProcessor::addKeywords()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int keywordLimit = T_FIRST_OBJC_AT_KEYWORD;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (objcKeywordsWanted())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        keywordLimit = T_LAST_OBJC_AT_KEYWORD + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-19 14:06:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // keyword completion items.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = T_FIRST_KEYWORD; i < keywordLimit; ++i)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        addCompletionItem(QLatin1String(Token::name(i)), m_icons.keywordIcon());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCompletionAssistProcessor::addMacros(const QString &fileName, const CPlusPlus::Snapshot &snapshot)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 12:11:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 12:51:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<QString> processed;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<QString> definedMacros;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 12:11:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    addMacros_helper(snapshot, fileName, &processed, &definedMacros);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 12:51:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const QString ¯oName, definedMacros)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        addCompletionItem(macroName, m_icons.macroIcon());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 12:51:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCompletionAssistProcessor::addMacros_helper(const CPlusPlus::Snapshot &snapshot,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                    const QString &fileName,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                    QSet<QString> *processed,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                    QSet<QString> *definedMacros)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Document::Ptr doc = snapshot.document(fileName);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! doc || processed->contains(doc->fileName()))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    processed->insert(doc->fileName());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const Document::Include &i, doc->includes()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        addMacros_helper(snapshot, i.fileName(), processed, definedMacros);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const Macro ¯o, doc->definedMacros()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QString macroName = QString::fromUtf8(macro.name().constData(), macro.name().length());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! macro.isHidden())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            definedMacros->insert(macroName);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            definedMacros->remove(macroName);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCompletionAssistProcessor::completeConstructorOrFunction(const QList<CPlusPlus::LookupItem> &results,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                                 int endOfExpression,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                                 bool toolTipOnly)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-19 18:02:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const LookupContext &context = m_model->m_typeOfExpression->context();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Function *> functions;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 12:37:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const LookupItem &result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        FullySpecifiedType exprTy = result.type().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (Class *klass = asClassOrTemplateClassType(exprTy)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const Name *className = klass->name();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (! className)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue; // nothing to do for anonymous classes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (unsigned i = 0; i < klass->memberCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Symbol *member = klass->memberAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                const Name *memberName = member->name();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 16:48:14 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (! memberName)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue; // skip anonymous member.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                else if (memberName->isQualifiedNameId())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue; // skip
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (Function *funTy = member->type()->asFunctionType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (memberName->isEqualTo(className)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        // it's a ctor.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        functions.append(funTy);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 12:37:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (functions.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (const LookupItem &result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            FullySpecifiedType ty = result.type().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (Function *fun = asFunctionOrTemplateFunctionType(ty)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-10 18:30:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (! fun->name())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                else if (! functions.isEmpty() && enclosingNonTemplateScope(functions.first()) != enclosingNonTemplateScope(fun))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue; // skip fun, it's an hidden declaration.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool newOverload = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                foreach (Function *f, functions) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (fun->isEqualTo(f)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        newOverload = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-14 14:34:57 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (newOverload)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    functions.append(fun);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (functions.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const Name *functionCallOp = context.control()->operatorNameId(OperatorNameId::FunctionCallOp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (const LookupItem &result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            FullySpecifiedType ty = result.type().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Scope *scope = result.scope();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 16:48:14 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (NamedType *namedTy = ty->asNamedType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (ClassOrNamespace *b = context.lookupType(namedTy->name(), scope)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    foreach (const LookupItem &r, b->lookup(functionCallOp)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        Symbol *overload = r.declaration();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        FullySpecifiedType overloadTy = overload->type().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (Function *funTy = overloadTy->asFunctionType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            functions.append(funTy);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // There are two different kinds of completion we want to provide:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // 1. If this is a function call, we want to pop up a tooltip that shows the user
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // the possible overloads with their argument types and names.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // 2. If this is a function definition, we want to offer autocompletion of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // the function signature.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // check if function signature autocompletion is appropriate
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Also check if the function name is a destructor name.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool isDestructor = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! functions.isEmpty() && ! toolTipOnly) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 12:37:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // function definitions will only happen in class or namespace scope,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // so get the current location's enclosing scope.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // get current line and column
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int lineSigned = 0, columnSigned = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Convenience::convertPosition(m_interface->textDocument(), m_interface->position(), &lineSigned, &columnSigned);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        unsigned line = lineSigned, column = columnSigned;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // find a scope that encloses the current location, starting from the lastVisibileSymbol
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // and moving outwards
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Scope *sc = context.thisDocument()->scopeAt(line, column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (sc && (sc->isClass() || sc->isNamespace())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // It may still be a function call. If the whole line parses as a function
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // declaration, we should be certain that it isn't.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            bool autocompleteSignature = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-14 16:43:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextCursor tc(m_interface->textDocument());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            tc.setPosition(endOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            BackwardsScanner bs(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const int startToken = bs.startToken();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int lineStartToken = bs.startOfLine(startToken);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // make sure the required tokens are actually available
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            bs.LA(startToken - lineStartToken);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QString possibleDecl = bs.mid(lineStartToken).trimmed().append("();");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-08 13:01:54 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Document::Ptr doc = Document::create(QLatin1String("<completion>"));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-12 17:53:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            doc->setUtf8Source(possibleDecl.toLatin1());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (doc->parse(Document::ParseDeclaration)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                doc->check();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (SimpleDeclarationAST *sd = doc->translationUnit()->ast()->asSimpleDeclaration()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (sd->declarator_list &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        sd->declarator_list && sd->declarator_list->value->postfix_declarator_list
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        && sd->declarator_list->value->postfix_declarator_list->value->asFunctionDeclarator()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        autocompleteSignature = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        CoreDeclaratorAST *coreDecl = sd->declarator_list->value->core_declarator;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (coreDecl && coreDecl->asDeclaratorId() && coreDecl->asDeclaratorId()->name) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            NameAST *declName = coreDecl->asDeclaratorId()->name;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            if (declName->asDestructorName()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                isDestructor = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            } else if (QualifiedNameAST *qName = declName->asQualifiedName()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                if (qName->unqualified_name && qName->unqualified_name->asDestructorName())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                    isDestructor = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (autocompleteSignature && !isDestructor) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-08-04 10:54:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // set up for rewriting function types with minimally qualified names
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // to do it correctly we'd need the declaration's context and scope, but
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // that'd be too expensive to get here. instead, we just minimize locally
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                SubstitutionEnvironment env;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                env.setContext(context);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                env.switchScope(sc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ClassOrNamespace *targetCoN = context.lookupType(sc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (!targetCoN)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    targetCoN = context.globalNamespace();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                UseMinimalNames q(targetCoN);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                env.enter(&q);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Control *control = context.control().data();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // set up signature autocompletion
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                foreach (Function *f, functions) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    Overview overview;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    overview.setShowArgumentNames(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    overview.setShowDefaultArguments(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-08-04 10:54:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const FullySpecifiedType localTy = rewriteType(f->type(), &env, control);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // gets: "parameter list) cv-spec",
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-08-04 10:54:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QString completion = overview(localTy).mid(1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    addCompletionItem(completion, QIcon(), 0,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                      QVariant::fromValue(CompleteFunctionDeclaration(f)));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! functions.empty() && !isDestructor) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_hintProposal = createHintProposal(functions);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-15 16:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-24 20:16:34 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 |